blob: 29899eec2e1deeaa2c5f0d84dc2ee0d6b7780c06 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000018#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000019#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000020#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000021#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000023#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000025#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000026
27#include <algorithm> // std::sort
28
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000029using namespace clang;
30using namespace CodeGen;
31
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000032static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
33 llvm::Value *Array,
34 llvm::Value *Value,
35 unsigned FirstIndex,
36 unsigned LastIndex) {
37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
41 }
42}
43
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000044static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000045 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
47}
48
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000049ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
50
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000051static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000052 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
54 if (!RD)
55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000056 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000057}
58
59static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000060 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000061 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
62 if (!RT)
63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000064 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
65}
66
67CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
68 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000069}
70
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000071ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
72 return CGT.getContext();
73}
74
75llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
76 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
77}
78
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000079const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
80 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000081}
82
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000083const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
84 return CGT.getTarget();
85}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000087void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000088 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000089 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000090 switch (TheKind) {
91 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000092 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000093 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000094 Ty->print(OS);
95 else
96 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000097 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000098 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000099 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000100 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000101 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000102 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000103 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000104 case InAlloca:
105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
106 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000107 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000111 break;
112 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000113 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000114 break;
115 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000116 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000117}
118
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000119TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
120
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000121// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
122// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
123unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
124 // Verified for:
125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000129 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000130 return 32;
131}
132
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000133bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
136 // x86_stdcall
137 // MIPS
138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
139 return false;
140}
141
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000142void
143TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
147 // dynamic.
148 Opt = "-l";
149 Opt += Lib;
150}
151
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000152static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000154/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000155/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000156static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
157 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
159 return true;
160
161 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000162
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000165 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
167 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
168 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000169 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000170 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000171
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
173 if (!RT)
174 return false;
175
176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
177 //
178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
179 // current ABI.
180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
181 return false;
182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000184}
185
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000186/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000187/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
188/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000189static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000191 if (!RT)
192 return 0;
193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
195 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000196
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000201 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000202
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000205 return false;
206 return true;
207}
208
209/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
210/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
211/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
212/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
213/// considered single element structs.
214///
215/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
216/// it exists.
217static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
219 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000220 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000221
222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000224 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000226 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000227
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000231 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000233 continue;
234
235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
236 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000237 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000238
239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
240 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000242 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000244 }
245 }
246
247 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249 QualType FT = FD->getType();
250
251 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253 continue;
254
255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
256 // struct.
257 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000258 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000259
260 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
263 break;
264 FT = AT->getElementType();
265 }
266
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000268 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
269 } else {
270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
271 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000272 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000273 }
274 }
275
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
277 // padding beyond the element type.
278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000279 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000280
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 return Found;
282}
283
284static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000285 // Treat complex types as the element type.
286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
287 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
288
289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000294 return false;
295
296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
298}
299
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000300/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
301/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
302/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
303/// inhibiting optimizations.
304///
305// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
306// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
307// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
308// capable of handling it.
309static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
310 // We can only expand structure types.
311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
312 if (!RT)
313 return false;
314
315 // We can only expand (C) structures.
316 //
317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
320 return false;
321
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000322 uint64_t Size = 0;
323
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
326 return false;
327
328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
331 if (FD->isBitField())
332 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000333
334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000335 }
336
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
339 return false;
340
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000341 return true;
342}
343
344namespace {
345/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
346/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
347/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
348/// conform to any particular ABI.
349class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000350public:
351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000352
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000355
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000361 }
362
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000365};
366
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000367class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
368public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000371};
372
373llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000375 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000378ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000381
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000385
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000388}
389
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000390ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
391 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
393
394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
396
397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
400
401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
403}
404
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
406// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000407//
408// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
409// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
411
412class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
413 public:
414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
415
416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000422};
423
424class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
425 public:
426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
428};
429
430void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
433
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
436}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000437
438llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000440 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441}
442
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000443/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
444ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000456
457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000459}
460
461ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
462 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
464
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
468
469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
472
473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
475}
476
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000477/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
478bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
483}
484
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000485static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000487 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
490 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000491 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000492 }
493
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000495 }
496
497 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000498 return Ty;
499}
500
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502// X86-32 ABI Implementation
503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000504
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000505/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
506struct CCState {
507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
508
509 unsigned CC;
510 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000511 unsigned StackOffset;
512 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000513};
514
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000515/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
516class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000517 enum Class {
518 Integer,
519 Float
520 };
521
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
523
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000526 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000528
529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
531 }
532
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000534
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
538
539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000540
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000543
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000548
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
550 /// inalloca.
551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
552
553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
555 QualType Type) const;
556
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000557public:
558
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000562
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000564 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000567};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000569class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
570public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000574
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
577
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000584 return 4;
585 }
586
587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000588 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000589
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000591 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
594 }
595
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000596 llvm::Constant *
597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
600 ('F' << 16) |
601 ('T' << 24);
602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
603 }
604
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000605};
606
607}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
609/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
610/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000611bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
612 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
614
615 // Type must be register sized.
616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
617 return false;
618
619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
621 // registers.
622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
623 return false;
624
625 return true;
626 }
627
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
629 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000633 return true;
634
635 // Arrays are treated like records.
636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000638
639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641 if (!RT) return false;
642
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
644
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
646 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000648 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000650 continue;
651
652 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000654 return false;
655 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000656 return true;
657}
658
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000659ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
661 // integer register.
662 if (State.FreeRegs) {
663 --State.FreeRegs;
664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
665 }
666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
667}
668
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000669ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000670 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000672
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000677
678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
680 // backend will like.
681 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000684
685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000690 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000691
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000693 }
694
695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000696 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000697
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000704
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000708
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
710 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000713
714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
718 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
723
724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
725 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000727 }
728
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000730 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000731
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738}
739
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000740static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
742}
743
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000744static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
746 if (!RT)
747 return 0;
748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
749
750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000754 return false;
755
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000757 QualType FT = i->getType();
758
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000760 return true;
761
762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
763 return true;
764 }
765
766 return false;
767}
768
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000769unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
770 unsigned Align) const {
771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000774 return 0; // Use default alignment.
775
776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000780 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000781
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000785 return 16;
786
787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000788}
789
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000790ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000791 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000792 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793 if (State.FreeRegs) {
794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
796 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000798 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000799
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000800 // Compute the byval alignment.
801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
803 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000805
806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
807 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000810}
811
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000812X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
814 if (!T)
815 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
816
817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
820 return Float;
821 }
822 return Integer;
823}
824
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000825bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
826 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000827 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000828 Class C = classify(Ty);
829 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000830 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000834
835 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
836 return false;
837
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
839 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000840 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000842
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000844
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000846 if (Size > 32)
847 return false;
848
849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
850 return true;
851
852 if (Ty->isPointerType())
853 return true;
854
855 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
856 return true;
857
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000858 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000859 NeedsPadding = true;
860
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000861 return false;
862 }
863
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000864 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000865}
866
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000867ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
868 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000872 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
879 }
880
881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000882 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000884
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000888 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000889
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000890 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
893
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
896 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
902 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000904
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
908 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000913
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000915 }
916
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
925 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000926 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000927
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000930
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
932 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000933
934
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000937
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000938 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940
941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
942 if (InReg)
943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
945 }
946 if (InReg)
947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000949}
950
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000951void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
954 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000957 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000959
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000962
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000963 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000964 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
965 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
966 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000967 }
968
969 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
970 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
971 if (UsedInAlloca)
972 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
973}
974
975void
976X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
977 unsigned &StackOffset,
978 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000979 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
980 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
981 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
982 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
983
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000984 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
985 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000986 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000987 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000988 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000989 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
990 assert(NumBytes);
991 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
992 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
993 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
994 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000995}
996
997void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
998 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
999
1000 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1001 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1002
1003 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1004
1005 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1006 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1007 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1008 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1009 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001010 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1011 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001012 }
1013
1014 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1015 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1016 if (FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall)
1017 ++I;
1018
1019 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1020 for (; I != E; ++I) {
1021
1022 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1023 switch (I->info.getKind()) {
1024 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1025 assert(I->info.getIndirectByVal());
1026 break;
1027 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1028 continue;
1029 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1030 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1031 if (I->info.getInReg())
1032 continue;
1033 break;
1034 default:
1035 break;
1036 }
1037
1038 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1039 }
1040
1041 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1042 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001043}
1044
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001045llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1046 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001047 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001048
1049 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1050 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1051 "ap");
1052 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001053
1054 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1055 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1056 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1057 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1058 if (Align > 4) {
1059 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1060 llvm::Value *Offset =
1061 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1062 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1063 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1064 CGF.Int32Ty);
1065 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1066 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1067 Addr->getType(),
1068 "ap.cur.aligned");
1069 }
1070
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001071 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001072 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001073 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1074
1075 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001076 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001077 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001078 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001079 "ap.next");
1080 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1081
1082 return AddrTyped;
1083}
1084
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001085void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1086 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1087 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1088 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1089 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1090 // Get the LLVM function.
1091 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1092
1093 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001094 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001095 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001096 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1097 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1098 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1099 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001100 }
1101 }
1102}
1103
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001104bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1105 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1106 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1107 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001108
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001109 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001110
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001111 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1112 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1113 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001114 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001115
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001116 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001117 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1118 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1119 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001120 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001121 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001122
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001123 } else {
1124 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1125 // reason.
1126 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1127
1128 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1129 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1130 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001131 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001132 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1133 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001134
1135 return false;
1136}
1137
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001138//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1139// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1140//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1141
1142
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001143namespace {
1144/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1145class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1146 enum Class {
1147 Integer = 0,
1148 SSE,
1149 SSEUp,
1150 X87,
1151 X87Up,
1152 ComplexX87,
1153 NoClass,
1154 Memory
1155 };
1156
1157 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1158 ///
1159 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1160 /// classification \arg Field.
1161 ///
1162 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1163 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1164 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1165 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001166 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001167
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001168 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1169 ///
1170 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1171 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1172 ///
1173 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1174 /// the classification process.
1175 ///
1176 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1177 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1178 ///
1179 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1180 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1181 ///
1182 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1183
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001184 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1185 /// given type T should be passed.
1186 ///
1187 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1188 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1189 ///
1190 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1191 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1192 ///
1193 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1194 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1195 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1196 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001197 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1198 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1199 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001200 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1201 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1202 /// will be Memory.
1203 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001204 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001205 ///
1206 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1207 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001208 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1209 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001210
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001211 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001212 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1213 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1214 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1215 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1216 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1217 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001218
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001219 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001220 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001221 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001222
1223 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001224 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001225 ///
1226 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1227 /// available.
1228 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001229
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001230 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001231
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001232 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001233 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001234 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001235 unsigned &neededSSE,
1236 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001237
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001238 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1239
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001240 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1241 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1242 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1243 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1244 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1245 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001246 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001247 }
1248
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001249 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001250 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1251 // 64-bit hardware.
1252 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001253
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001254public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001255 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001256 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001257 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001258 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001259
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001260 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1261 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001262 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001263 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1264 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001265 if (info.isDirect()) {
1266 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1267 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1268 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1269 }
1270 return false;
1271 }
1272
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001273 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001274
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001275 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1276 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001277};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001278
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001279/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001280class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1281
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001282 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001283
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001284public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001285 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1286
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001287 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001288
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001289 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1290 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001291};
1292
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001293class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1294public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001295 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001296 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001297
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001298 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1299 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1300 }
1301
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001302 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001303 return 7;
1304 }
1305
1306 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001307 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001308 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001309
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001310 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1311 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001312 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001313 return false;
1314 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001315
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001316 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001317 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001318 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001319 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1320 }
1321
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001322 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001323 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001324 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1325 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001326 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001327 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1328 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1329 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001330 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001331 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001332 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1333 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1334 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1335 HasAVXType = true;
1336 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001337 }
1338 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001339
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001340 if (!HasAVXType)
1341 return true;
1342 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001343
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001344 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001345 }
1346
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001347 llvm::Constant *
1348 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001349 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1350 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1351 ('F' << 16) |
1352 ('T' << 24);
1353 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1354 }
1355
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001356};
1357
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001358static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1359 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1360 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1361 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001362 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001363 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001364 return ArgStr;
1365}
1366
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001367class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1368public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001369 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1370 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1371 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001372
1373 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001374 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001375 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001376 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001377 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001378
1379 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1380 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001381 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001382 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001383 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001384};
1385
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001386class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1387public:
1388 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1389 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
1390
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001391 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001392 return 7;
1393 }
1394
1395 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001396 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001397 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001398
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001399 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1400 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001401 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001402 return false;
1403 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001404
1405 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001406 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001407 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001408 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001409 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001410
1411 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1412 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001413 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001414 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001415 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001416};
1417
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001418}
1419
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001420void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1421 Class &Hi) const {
1422 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1423 //
1424 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1425 // memory.
1426 //
1427 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1428 // memory.
1429 //
1430 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1431 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1432 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1433 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1434 //
1435 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1436 //
1437 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1438 // only with unions; for example:
1439 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1440 //
1441 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1442 //
1443 if (Hi == Memory)
1444 Lo = Memory;
1445 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1446 Lo = Memory;
1447 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1448 Lo = Memory;
1449 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1450 Hi = SSE;
1451}
1452
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001453X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001454 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1455 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1456 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1457 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1458 //
1459 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1460 //
1461 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1462 // the other class.
1463 //
1464 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1465 // class.
1466 //
1467 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1468 // INTEGER.
1469 //
1470 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1471 // MEMORY is used as class.
1472 //
1473 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1474
1475 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1476 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1477 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1478 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1479 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1480 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001481 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001482 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001483 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001484 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001485 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001486 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001487 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1488 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001489 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001490 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001491}
1492
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001493void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001494 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001495 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1496 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1497 // situations.
1498
1499 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1500 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1501 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1502
1503 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1504
1505 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1506 Current = Memory;
1507
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001508 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001509 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1510
1511 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1512 Current = NoClass;
1513 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1514 Lo = Integer;
1515 Hi = Integer;
1516 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1517 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001518 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1519 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001520 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001521 Current = SSE;
1522 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1523 Lo = X87;
1524 Hi = X87Up;
1525 }
1526 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1527 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001528 return;
1529 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001530
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001531 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001532 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001533 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001534 return;
1535 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001536
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001537 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001538 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001539 return;
1540 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001541
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001542 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001543 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001544 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1545 else
1546 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001547 return;
1548 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001549
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001550 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001551 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001552 if (Size == 32) {
1553 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1554 // float> as integer.
1555 Current = Integer;
1556
1557 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1558 // split.
1559 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1560 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1561 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1562 Hi = Lo;
1563 } else if (Size == 64) {
1564 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1565 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1566 return;
1567
1568 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001569 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001570 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1571 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1572 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001573 Current = Integer;
1574 else
1575 Current = SSE;
1576
1577 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1578 // split.
1579 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1580 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001581 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001582 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1583 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1584 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1585 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1586 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1587 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1588 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001589 //
1590 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1591 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1592 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001593 Lo = SSE;
1594 Hi = SSEUp;
1595 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001596 return;
1597 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001598
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001599 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001600 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001601
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001602 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001603 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001604 if (Size <= 64)
1605 Current = Integer;
1606 else if (Size <= 128)
1607 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001608 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001609 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001610 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1611 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001612 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001613 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001614 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001615 Current = ComplexX87;
1616
1617 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1618 // should be split.
1619 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001620 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001621 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1622 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001623
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001624 return;
1625 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001626
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001627 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001628 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1629
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001630 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001631
1632 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001633 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1634 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001635 return;
1636
1637 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1638 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1639 //
1640 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001641 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001642 return;
1643
1644 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1645 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1646 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001647 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001648 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001649
1650 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1651 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1652 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1653 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1654 return;
1655
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001656 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1657 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001658 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001659 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1660 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1661 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1662 break;
1663 }
1664
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001665 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001666 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001667 return;
1668 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001669
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001670 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001671 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001672
1673 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001674 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1675 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001676 return;
1677
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001678 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1679 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1680 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001681 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001682 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001683
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001684 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1685
1686 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1687 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1688 return;
1689
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001690 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001691
1692 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1693 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001694
1695 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1696 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001697 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1698 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001699 "Unexpected base class!");
1700 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001701 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001702
1703 // Classify this field.
1704 //
1705 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1706 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1707 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1708 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001709 uint64_t Offset =
1710 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001711 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001712 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1713 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1714 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1715 break;
1716 }
1717 }
1718
1719 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001720 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001721 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001722 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001723 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1724 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1725
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001726 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1727 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001728 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001729 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1730 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1731 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1732 //
1733 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1734 Lo = Memory;
1735 return;
1736 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001737 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001738 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001739 Lo = Memory;
1740 return;
1741 }
1742
1743 // Classify this field.
1744 //
1745 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1746 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1747 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1748 // NO_CLASS.
1749 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1750
1751 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1752 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1753 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1754 if (BitField) {
1755 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1756 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1757 continue;
1758
1759 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001760 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001761
1762 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1763 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001764
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001765 if (EB_Lo) {
1766 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1767 FieldLo = NoClass;
1768 FieldHi = Integer;
1769 } else {
1770 FieldLo = Integer;
1771 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1772 }
1773 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001774 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001775 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1776 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1777 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1778 break;
1779 }
1780
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001781 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001782 }
1783}
1784
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001785ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001786 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1787 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001788 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001789 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1790 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1791 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1792
1793 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1794 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1795 }
1796
1797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1798}
1799
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001800bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1801 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1802 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1803 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1804 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1805 return true;
1806 }
1807
1808 return false;
1809}
1810
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001811ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1812 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001813 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1814 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001815 //
1816 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1817 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1818 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1819 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1820 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001821 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001822 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1823 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1824 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1825
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001826 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1827 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001828 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001829
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001830 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001831 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001832
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001833 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1834 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1835 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001836
1837 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1838 // is important for good codegen.
1839 //
1840 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1841 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1842 //
1843 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1844 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
1845 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
1846 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
1847 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
1848 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
1849 // might be inreg.
1850 //
1851 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
1852 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
1853 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
1854 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
1855 //
1856 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
1857 // attributes. See PR12193.
1858 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
1859 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1860
1861 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
1862 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
1863 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
1864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1865 Size));
1866 }
1867
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001868 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001869}
1870
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001871/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
1872/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001873/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001874llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001875 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001876
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001877 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
1878 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001879 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001880 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
1881 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
1882 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
1883 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001884
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00001885 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001886 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
1887 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001888 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00001889 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001890 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
1891 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
1892 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
1893 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
1894 return VT;
1895 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001896
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001897 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
1898}
1899
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001900/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
1901/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
1902/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
1903/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
1904/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
1905///
1906/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
1907static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
1908 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
1909 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
1910 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
1911 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
1912 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1913 if (TySize <= StartBit)
1914 return true;
1915
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001916 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1917 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1918 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1919
1920 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
1921 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
1922 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
1923 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
1924 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001925
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001926 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
1927 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
1928 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
1929 return false;
1930 }
1931 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
1932 return true;
1933 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001934
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001935 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1936 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1937 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001938
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001939 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1940 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001941 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1942 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001943 "Unexpected base class!");
1944 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001945 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001946
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001947 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001948 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001949 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001950
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001951 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001952 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001953 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
1954 return false;
1955 }
1956 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001957
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001958 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
1959 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
1960 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
1961 // much.
1962 unsigned idx = 0;
1963 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
1964 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
1965 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001966
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001967 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
1968 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
1969
1970 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
1971 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
1972 Context))
1973 return false;
1974 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001975
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001976 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
1977 // clean.
1978 return true;
1979 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001980
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001981 return false;
1982}
1983
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001984/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
1985/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
1986/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
1987/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00001988static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00001989 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001990 // Base case if we find a float.
1991 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
1992 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001993
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001994 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00001995 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00001996 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
1997 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
1998 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
1999 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2000 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002001
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002002 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002003 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2004 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002005 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2006 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2007 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2008 }
2009
2010 return false;
2011}
2012
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002013
2014/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2015/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002016llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2017GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002018 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002019 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002020 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2021 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2022 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2023 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2024 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002025
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002026 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2027 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2028 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002029 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2030 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002031 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002032
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002033 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2034}
2035
2036
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002037/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2038/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2039/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2040/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002041/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2042/// etc).
2043///
2044/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2045/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2046/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2047///
2048/// SourceTy is the source level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
2049/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2050///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002051llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2052GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002053 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002054 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2055 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2056 if (IROffset == 0) {
2057 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002058 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2059 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002060 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002061
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002062 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2063 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2064 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2065 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2066 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2067 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2068 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002069 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2070 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2071 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2072 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002073
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002074 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2075 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2076 return IRType;
2077 }
2078 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002079
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002080 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002081 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002082 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002083 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2084 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2085 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002086
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002087 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2088 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002089 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002090 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002091
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002092 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002093 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002094 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002095 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002096 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2097 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002098 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002099
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002100 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2101 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002102 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2103 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002104
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002105 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002106
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002107 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2108 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002109 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2110 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002111}
2112
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002113
2114/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2115/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2116/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2117/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2118/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002119static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002120GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002121 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002122 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2123 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2124 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2125 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2126 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2127 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002128 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002129 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002130
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002131 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2132 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2133 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2134 // struct.
2135 if (HiStart != 8) {
2136 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2137 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2138 // Promote these to a larger type.
2139 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2140 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2141 else {
2142 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2143 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2144 }
2145 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002146
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002147 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002148
2149
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002150 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2151 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2152 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2153 return Result;
2154}
2155
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002156ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002157classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002158 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2159 // classification algorithm.
2160 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002161 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002162
2163 // Check some invariants.
2164 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002165 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2166
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002167 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002168 switch (Lo) {
2169 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002170 if (Hi == NoClass)
2171 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2172 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2173 // null.
2174 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2175 "Unknown missing lo part");
2176 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002177
2178 case SSEUp:
2179 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002180 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002181
2182 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2183 // hidden argument.
2184 case Memory:
2185 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2186
2187 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2188 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2189 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002190 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002191
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002192 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2193 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2194 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2195 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2196 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2197 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002198
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002199 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2200 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2201 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2202 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002203 break;
2204
2205 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2206 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2207 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002208 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002209 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002210
2211 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2212 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2213 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002214 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002215 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002216
2217 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2218 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2219 // %st1.
2220 case ComplexX87:
2221 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002222 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002223 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002224 NULL);
2225 break;
2226 }
2227
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002228 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002229 switch (Hi) {
2230 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2231 // never occur as a hi class.
2232 case Memory:
2233 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002234 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002235
2236 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002237 case NoClass:
2238 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002239
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002240 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002241 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002242 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002244 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002245 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002246 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002247 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2248 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002249 break;
2250
2251 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002252 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2253 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002254 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002255 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002256 case SSEUp:
2257 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002258 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002259 break;
2260
2261 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2262 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2263 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002264 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002265 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002266 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002267 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002268 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002269 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002270 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2271 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002272 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002273 break;
2274 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002275
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002276 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002277 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2278 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002279 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002280 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002281
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002282 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002283}
2284
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002285ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002286 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2287 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002288 const
2289{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002290 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002291 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002292
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002293 // Check some invariants.
2294 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2295 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002296 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2297
2298 neededInt = 0;
2299 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002300 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002301 switch (Lo) {
2302 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002303 if (Hi == NoClass)
2304 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2305 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2306 // null.
2307 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2308 "Unknown missing lo part");
2309 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002310
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002311 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2312 // on the stack.
2313 case Memory:
2314
2315 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2316 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2317 case X87:
2318 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002319 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002320 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002321 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002322
2323 case SSEUp:
2324 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002325 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002326
2327 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2328 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2329 // and %r9 is used.
2330 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002331 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002332
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002333 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002334 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002335
2336 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2337 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2338 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2339 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2340 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2341 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002342
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002343 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2344 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2345 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2346 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002347
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002348 break;
2349
2350 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2351 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2352 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002353 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002354 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002355 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002356 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002357 break;
2358 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002359 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002360
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002361 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002362 switch (Hi) {
2363 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002364 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002365 // which is passed in memory.
2366 case Memory:
2367 case X87:
2368 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002369 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002370
2371 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002372
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002373 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002374 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002375 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002376 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002377
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002378 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2379 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002380 break;
2381
2382 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2383 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2384 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002385 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002386 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002387
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002388 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2389 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002390
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002391 ++neededSSE;
2392 break;
2393
2394 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2395 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002396 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002397 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002398 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002399 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002400 break;
2401 }
2402
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002403 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2404 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2405 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2406 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002407 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002408
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002409 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002410}
2411
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002412void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002413
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002414 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2415 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002416
2417 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002418 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002419
2420 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2421 // integer register.
2422 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2423 --freeIntRegs;
2424
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002425 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic();
2426 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0;
2427 if (isVariadic)
2428 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs();
2429
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002430 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2431 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2432 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2433 it != ie; ++it) {
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002434 bool isNamedArg = true;
2435 if (isVariadic)
Aaron Ballman6a302642013-06-12 15:03:45 +00002436 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) <
2437 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002438
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002439 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002440 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002441 neededSSE, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002442
2443 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2444 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2445 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2446 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002447 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002448 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2449 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2450 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002451 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002452 }
2453 }
2454}
2455
2456static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2457 QualType Ty,
2458 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2459 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2460 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2461 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2462 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2463
2464 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2465 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002466 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2467 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002468 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2469 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002470 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002471 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002472 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002473 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2474 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002475 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002476 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002477 overflow_arg_area =
2478 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2479 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2480 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2481 }
2482
2483 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002484 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002485 llvm::Value *Res =
2486 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002487 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002488
2489 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2490 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2491 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2492 // an 8 byte boundary.
2493
2494 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002495 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002496 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002497 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2498 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2499 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2500
2501 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2502 return Res;
2503}
2504
2505llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2506 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2507 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2508 // struct {
2509 // i32 gp_offset;
2510 // i32 fp_offset;
2511 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2512 // i8* reg_save_area;
2513 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002514 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002515
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002516 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002517 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2518 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002519
2520 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2521 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2522 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2523 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2524
2525 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2526 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2527 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2528
2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2530 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2531 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2532 //
2533 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2534 // register save space).
2535
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002536 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2537 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2538 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002539 if (neededInt) {
2540 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2541 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002542 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2543 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002544 }
2545
2546 if (neededSSE) {
2547 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2548 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2549 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002550 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2551 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002552 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2553 }
2554
2555 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2556 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2557 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2558 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2559
2560 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2561
2562 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2563
2564 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2565 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2566 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2567 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2568 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2569 //
2570 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2571 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2572 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2573 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002574 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002575 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2576 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2577 "reg_save_area");
2578 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2579 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002580 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002581 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002582 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2583 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002584 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002585 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2586 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002587 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002588 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002589 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2590 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002591 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2592 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002593 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2594 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002595 llvm::Value *V =
2596 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2597 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2598 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2599 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2600
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002601 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002602 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002603 } else if (neededInt) {
2604 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2605 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002606 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002607
2608 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2609 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2610 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2611 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2612 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2613 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002614 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2615 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2616 RegAddr = Tmp;
2617 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002618 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2619 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2620 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2621 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002622 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002623 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2624 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2625 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2626 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002627 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002628 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002629 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002630 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002631 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2632 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2633 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002634 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2635 DblPtrTy));
2636 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2637 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2638 DblPtrTy));
2639 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2640 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2641 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002642 }
2643
2644 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2645 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2646 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2647 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002648 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002649 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2650 gp_offset_p);
2651 }
2652 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002653 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002654 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2655 fp_offset_p);
2656 }
2657 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2658
2659 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2660
2661 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2662 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2663
2664 // Return the appropriate result.
2665
2666 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002667 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002668 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002669 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2670 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002671 return ResAddr;
2672}
2673
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002674ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002675
2676 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2677 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2678
2679 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2680 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2681
2682 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2683
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002684 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2685 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002686 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002687 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002688 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2689 }
2690
2691 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002692 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2693
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002694 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002695 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002696 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2697 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002698 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002699
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002700 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002701 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2702 // directly.
2703 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2704 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2705 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002706 }
2707
2708 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002709 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2710 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002711 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2712 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002713
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002714 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2715 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002716 }
2717
2718 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2719 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2720
2721 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2722}
2723
2724void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002725 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2726 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002727
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002728 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2729 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002730}
2731
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002732llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2733 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002734 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002735
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002736 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2737 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2738 "ap");
2739 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2740 llvm::Type *PTy =
2741 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2742 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2743
2744 uint64_t Offset =
2745 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2746 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2747 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2748 "ap.next");
2749 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2750
2751 return AddrTyped;
2752}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002753
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002754namespace {
2755
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002756class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2757 public:
2758 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2759 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002760 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2761 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2762 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002763 private:
2764 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2765 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2766};
2767
2768class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2769 public:
2770 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2771 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
2772};
2773
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002774}
2775
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002776void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2777 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2778 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2779 else
2780 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2781}
2782
2783llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2784 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2785 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2786 // is unuspported.
2787 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2788}
2789
2790
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002791// PowerPC-32
2792
2793namespace {
2794class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2795public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002796 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002797
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002798 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002799 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2800 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2801 }
2802
2803 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002804 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002805};
2806
2807}
2808
2809bool
2810PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2811 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2812 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2813 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2814
2815 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002816
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002817 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002818 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2819 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2820 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2821
2822 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002823 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002824
2825 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002826 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002827
2828 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2829 // 64: mq
2830 // 65: lr
2831 // 66: ctr
2832 // 67: ap
2833 // 68-75 cr0-7
2834 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002835 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002836
2837 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002838 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002839
2840 // 109: vrsave
2841 // 110: vscr
2842 // 111: spe_acc
2843 // 112: spefscr
2844 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002845 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002846
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002847 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002848}
2849
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002850// PowerPC-64
2851
2852namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002853/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
2854class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
2855
2856public:
2857 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
2858
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002859 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
2860
2861 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
2862 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
2863
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002864 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
2865 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
2866 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
2867 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
2868 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
2869 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002870 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002871 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2872 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002873 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002874 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
2875 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002876 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002877 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002878 if (T) {
2879 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002880 if (T->isVectorType() || (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002881 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002882 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002883 continue;
2884 }
2885 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002886 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002887 }
2888 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002889
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002890 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2891 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002892};
2893
2894class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2895public:
2896 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
2897 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
2898
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002899 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002900 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2901 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2902 }
2903
2904 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002905 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002906};
2907
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002908class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2909public:
2910 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2911
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002912 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002913 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2914 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2915 }
2916
2917 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002918 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002919};
2920
2921}
2922
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002923// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
2924// extended to 64 bits.
2925bool
2926PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
2927 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2928 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2929 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2930
2931 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
2932 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2933 return true;
2934
2935 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
2936 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
2937 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
2938 switch (BT->getKind()) {
2939 case BuiltinType::Int:
2940 case BuiltinType::UInt:
2941 return true;
2942 default:
2943 break;
2944 }
2945
2946 return false;
2947}
2948
2949ABIArgInfo
2950PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00002951 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
2952 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2953
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002954 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002955 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002956 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002957
2958 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2959 }
2960
2961 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
2962 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2963}
2964
2965ABIArgInfo
2966PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2967 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
2968 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2969
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00002970 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
2971 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2972
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002973 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
2974 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2975
2976 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
2977 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2978}
2979
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002980// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
2981llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2982 QualType Ty,
2983 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2984 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
2985 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
2986
2987 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2988 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
2989 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2990
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00002991 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
2992 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
2993 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
2994 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002995 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00002996 QualType BaseTy;
2997 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
2998
2999 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3000 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3001 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3002 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3003 SizeInBytes = 16;
3004 }
3005
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003006 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3007 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3008 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3009 "ap.next");
3010 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3011
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003012 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3013 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3014 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3015 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3016 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3017 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3018 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3019 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3020 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003021 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3022 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3023 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3024 } else {
3025 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3026 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003027 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3028 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3029 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3030 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3031 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3032 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3033 "vacplx");
3034 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3035 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3036 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3037 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3038 return Ptr;
3039 }
3040
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003041 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3042 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3043 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003044 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003045 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3046 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3047 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3048 }
3049
3050 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3051 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3052}
3053
3054static bool
3055PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3056 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003057 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3058 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3059
3060 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3061
3062 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3063 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3064 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3065 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3066
3067 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3068 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3069
3070 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3071 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3072
3073 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3074 // 64: mq
3075 // 65: lr
3076 // 66: ctr
3077 // 67: ap
3078 // 68-75 cr0-7
3079 // 76: xer
3080 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3081
3082 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3083 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3084
3085 // 109: vrsave
3086 // 110: vscr
3087 // 111: spe_acc
3088 // 112: spefscr
3089 // 113: sfp
3090 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3091
3092 return false;
3093}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003094
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003095bool
3096PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3097 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3098 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3099
3100 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3101}
3102
3103bool
3104PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3105 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3106
3107 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3108}
3109
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003110//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003111// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003112//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3113
3114namespace {
3115
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003116class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003117public:
3118 enum ABIKind {
3119 AAPCS = 0,
3120 DarwinPCS
3121 };
3122
3123private:
3124 ABIKind Kind;
3125
3126public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003127 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003128
3129private:
3130 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3131 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3132
3133 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3134 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3135 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003136 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003137 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3138
3139 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3140 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3141 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3142 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3143 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3144 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3145 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3146 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003147
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003148 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3149 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3150 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3151 // partially in registers.
3152 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003153
3154 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3155 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3156 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ?
3157 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() :
3158 FI.arg_size());
3159
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003160 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3161 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003162 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3163 it != ie; ++it) {
3164 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3165 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3166 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3167 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003168 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) <
3169 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003170 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003171 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003172
3173 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3174 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3175 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003176 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3177 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3178 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3179 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003180
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003181 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3182 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3183 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003184 }
3185
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003186 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3187 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3188 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3189 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3190 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3191 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003192 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003193 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003194
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003195 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3196 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3197 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3198 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3199 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3200 it->info =
3201 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3202 }
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3207 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3208
3209 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3210 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3211
3212 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3213 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3214 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3215 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3216 }
3217};
3218
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003219class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003220public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003221 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3222 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003223
3224 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3225 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3226 }
3227
3228 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3229
3230 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3231};
3232}
3233
3234static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3235 ASTContext &Context,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003236 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003237
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003238ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3239 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3240 bool &IsHA,
3241 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3242 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3243 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003244 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3245 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3246 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3247 if (Size <= 32) {
3248 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3249 AllocatedGPR++;
3250 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3251 }
3252 if (Size == 64) {
3253 llvm::Type *ResType =
3254 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3255 AllocatedVFP++;
3256 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3257 }
3258 if (Size == 128) {
3259 llvm::Type *ResType =
3260 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3261 AllocatedVFP++;
3262 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3263 }
3264 AllocatedGPR++;
3265 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3266 }
3267 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3268 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3269 AllocatedVFP++;
3270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3272 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3273 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3274 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3275 AllocatedVFP++;
3276 }
3277
3278 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3279 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3280 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3281 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3282
3283 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003284 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3285 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3286 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3287
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003288 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3289 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3290 }
3291 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3292 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3293 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3294 }
3295
3296 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3297 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003298 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003299 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003300 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3301 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003302 }
3303
3304 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3305 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3306 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3307 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3308 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3309
3310 ++AllocatedGPR;
3311 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3312 }
3313
3314 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003315 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003316 uint64_t Members = 0;
3317 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003318 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003319 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3320 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3321 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3322 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3323 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3324 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3325 }
3326 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003327 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3328 }
3329
3330 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3331 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3332 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003333 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3334 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3335 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3336
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003337 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3338 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3339 IsSmallAggr = true;
3340 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3341 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003342 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003343 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3344 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3345 }
3346 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3347 }
3348
3349 AllocatedGPR++;
3350 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3351}
3352
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003353ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003354 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3355 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3356
3357 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3358 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3359 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3360
3361 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3362 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3363 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3364 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3365
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003366 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3367 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3368 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003369 }
3370
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003371 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3372 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3373
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003374 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003375 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext()))
3376 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3377 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3378
3379 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3380 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3381 if (Size <= 128) {
3382 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3383 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3384 }
3385
3386 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3387}
3388
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003389/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3390bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003391 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3392 // Check whether VT is legal.
3393 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3394 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3395 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3396 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3397 return true;
3398 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3399 }
3400 return false;
3401}
3402
3403static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3404 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3405 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3406 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3407 // Standard, section B.4:
3408 //
3409 // struct {
3410 // void *__stack;
3411 // void *__gr_top;
3412 // void *__vr_top;
3413 // int __gr_offs;
3414 // int __vr_offs;
3415 // };
3416
3417 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3418 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3419 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3420 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3421 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3422
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003423 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003424 int reg_top_index;
3425 int RegSize;
3426 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3427 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3428 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3429 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3430 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3431 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3432 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3433 } else {
3434 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3435 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3436 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3437 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3438 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3439 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3440 }
3441
3442 //=======================================
3443 // Find out where argument was passed
3444 //=======================================
3445
3446 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3447 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3448 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3449 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003450 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003451 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3452 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3453
3454 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3455
3456 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003457 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003458 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3459
3460 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3461 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3462 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3463 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3464 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3465
3466 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3467 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3468 "align_regoffs");
3469 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3470 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3471 "aligned_regoffs");
3472 }
3473
3474 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003475 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003476 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3477 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3478 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3479
3480 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3481 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003482 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003483 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3484 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3485
3486 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3487
3488 //=======================================
3489 // Argument was in registers
3490 //=======================================
3491
3492 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3493 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3494 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3495
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003496 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003497 reg_top_p =
3498 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3499 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3500 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003501 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003502 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3503
3504 if (IsIndirect) {
3505 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3506 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3507 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3508 }
3509
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003510 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003511 uint64_t NumMembers;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003512 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers);
3513 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003514 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3515 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3516 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3517 // contiguously.
3518 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3519 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3520 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3521 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3522 int Offset = 0;
3523
3524 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3525 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3526 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3527 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3528 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3529 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3530 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3531 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3532 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3533
3534 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3535 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3536 }
3537
3538 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3539 } else {
3540 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3541 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003542 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3543 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003544 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3545 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3546 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3547
3548 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3549 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3550
3551 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3552 }
3553
3554 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3555 }
3556
3557 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3558
3559 //=======================================
3560 // Argument was on the stack
3561 //=======================================
3562 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3563
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003564 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003565 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3566 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3567
3568 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3569 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3570 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3571 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3572
3573 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3574
3575 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3576 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3577 "align_stack");
3578 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3579 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3580 "align_stack");
3581
3582 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3583 }
3584
3585 uint64_t StackSize;
3586 if (IsIndirect)
3587 StackSize = 8;
3588 else
3589 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3590
3591 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
3592 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
3593
3594 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
3595 llvm::Value *NewStack =
3596 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
3597
3598 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
3599 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
3600
3601 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
3602 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
3603 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3604 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3605
3606 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3607 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3608
3609 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3610 }
3611
3612 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
3613
3614 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3615
3616 //=======================================
3617 // Tidy up
3618 //=======================================
3619 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3620
3621 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3622 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3623 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
3624
3625 if (IsIndirect)
3626 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
3627
3628 return ResAddr;
3629}
3630
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003631llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003632 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3633
3634 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
3635 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003636 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
3637 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003638
3639 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
3640 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
3641}
3642
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003643llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003644 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3645 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
3646 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
3647 // other cases.
3648 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003649 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003650
3651 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3652 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3653
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003654 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003655 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext());
3656
3657 bool isIndirect = false;
3658 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
3659 // be passed indirectly.
3660 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
3661 isIndirect = true;
3662 Size = 8;
3663 Align = 8;
3664 }
3665
3666 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
3667 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
3668
3669 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3670 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3671 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3672
3673 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3674 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
3675 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3676 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3677 }
3678
3679 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
3680 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
3681 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
3682 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
3683 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3684 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
3685 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
3686 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
3687 }
3688
3689 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
3690 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
3691 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
3692 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3693
3694 if (isIndirect)
3695 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
3696 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3697 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3698
3699 return AddrTyped;
3700}
3701
3702//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003703// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003704//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003705
3706namespace {
3707
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003708class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003709public:
3710 enum ABIKind {
3711 APCS = 0,
3712 AAPCS = 1,
3713 AAPCS_VFP
3714 };
3715
3716private:
3717 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003718 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
3719 const unsigned NumVFPs;
3720 const unsigned NumGPRs;
3721 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
3722 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003723
3724public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003725 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
3726 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003727 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003728 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003729 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003730
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003731 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003732 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
3733 case llvm::Triple::Android:
3734 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003735 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003736 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00003737 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00003738 return true;
3739 default:
3740 return false;
3741 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003742 }
3743
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003744 bool isEABIHF() const {
3745 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
3746 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
3747 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
3748 return true;
3749 default:
3750 return false;
3751 }
3752 }
3753
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003754 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3755
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003756private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00003757 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00003758 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003759 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00003760 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003761
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003762 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003763
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003764 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3765 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003766
3767 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
3768 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
3769 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003770
3771 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
3772 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
3773 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003774};
3775
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00003776class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3777public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00003778 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
3779 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00003780
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003781 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
3782 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
3783 }
3784
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003785 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00003786 return 13;
3787 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003788
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003789 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003790 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3791 }
3792
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003793 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003794 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003795 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003796
3797 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003798 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00003799 return false;
3800 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003801
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003802 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00003803 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
3804 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
3805 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003806
3807 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003808 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00003809 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
3810 if (!FD)
3811 return;
3812
3813 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
3814 if (!Attr)
3815 return;
3816
3817 const char *Kind;
3818 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
3819 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
3820 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
3821 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
3822 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
3823 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
3824 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
3825 }
3826
3827 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
3828
3829 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
3830
3831 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
3832 return;
3833
3834 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
3835 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
3836 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
3837 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
3838 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
3839 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
3840 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
3841 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
3842 B));
3843 }
3844
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00003845};
3846
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00003847}
3848
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00003849void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003850 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00003851 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003852 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
3853 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
3854 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
3855 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
3856 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003857 resetAllocatedRegs();
3858
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003859 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
3860 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3861 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
3862 } else {
3863 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
3864 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003865 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003866 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
3867 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003868 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003869 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
3870 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00003871 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003872
3873 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
3874 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
3875 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00003876 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00003877 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
3878 // unusable anyway.
3879 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
3880 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && StackUsed) {
3881 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3882 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00003883 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
3884 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
3885 PaddingTy);
3886 } else {
3887 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
3888 PaddingTy);
3889 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00003890 }
3891 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003892
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00003893 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
3894 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
3895 return;
3896
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003897 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
3898 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
3899 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
3900}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00003901
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003902/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
3903llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
3904 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00003905 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003906 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
3907 else if (isEABI())
3908 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
3909 else
3910 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
3911}
3912
3913/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
3914/// as the C calling convention.
3915llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003916 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003917 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
3918 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
3919 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00003920 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00003921 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
3922}
3923
3924void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
3925 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
3926
3927 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
3928 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
3929 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
3930 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
3931 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003932}
3933
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003934/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
3935/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
3936/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
3937/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
3938static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003939 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003940 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003941 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3942 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members))
3943 return false;
3944 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3945 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3946 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003947 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003948 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003949
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003950 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00003951 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003952 uint64_t FldMembers;
3953 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers))
3954 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00003955
3956 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3957 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003958 }
3959 } else {
3960 Members = 1;
3961 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3962 Members = 2;
3963 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3964 }
3965
3966 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
3967 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
3968 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3969 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
Tim Northovereb752d42012-07-20 22:29:29 +00003970 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3971 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00003972 return false;
3973 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3974 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
3975 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
3976 return false;
3977 } else {
3978 return false;
3979 }
3980
3981 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
3982 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
3983 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3984 if (!Base)
3985 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00003986
3987 if (Base != TyPtr) {
3988 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
3989 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
3990 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
3991
3992 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
3993 // of their members.
3994 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
3995 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
3996
3997 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
3998 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
3999 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4000 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4001 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4002 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4003 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4004 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4005
4006 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4007 return false;
4008 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004009 }
4010
4011 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4012 if (HAMembers)
4013 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004014
4015 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004016}
4017
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004018/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4019/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004020void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4021 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004022 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004023 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4024 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4025 // the stack.
4026 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004027 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004028 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004029 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4030 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4031 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4032 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4033 bool FoundSlot = true;
4034 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4035 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4036 FoundSlot = false;
4037 break;
4038 }
4039 if (FoundSlot) {
4040 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4041 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004042 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004043 return;
4044 }
4045 }
4046 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4047 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4048 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4049 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004050 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004051}
4052
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004053/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4054/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4055/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4056void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
4057 unsigned NumRequired) const {
4058 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4059
4060 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4061 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4062
4063 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4064}
4065
4066void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4067 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4068 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4069 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4070 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4071}
4072
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004073ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004074 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004075 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4076 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4077 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4078 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4079 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4080 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4081 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4082 // to four Elements.
4083
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004084 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4085 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4086 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4087 if (Size <= 32) {
4088 llvm::Type *ResType =
4089 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004090 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004091 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4092 }
4093 if (Size == 64) {
4094 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4095 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004096 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4097 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4098 } else {
4099 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4100 IsCPRC = true;
4101 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004102 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4103 }
4104 if (Size == 128) {
4105 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4106 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004107 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4108 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4109 } else {
4110 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4111 IsCPRC = true;
4112 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004113 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4114 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004115 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004116 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4117 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004118 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004119 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4120 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4121 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4122 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4123 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4124 IsCPRC = true;
4125 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004126 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004127 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004128 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4129 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4130 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4131 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4132 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4133 IsCPRC = true;
4134 }
4135 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4136 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4137 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4138 IsCPRC = true;
4139 }
4140 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004141 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004142
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004143 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004144 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004145 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004146 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004147 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004148
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004149 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4150 if (!IsCPRC)
4151 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004152 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4153 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004154 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004155
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004156 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4157 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004158 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004159 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004160
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004161 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004162 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004163 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4164
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004165 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004166 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4167 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004168 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004169 uint64_t Members = 0;
4170 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004171 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004172 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4173 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4174 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4175 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004176 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004177 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004178 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004179 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004180 else {
4181 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4182 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004183 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004184 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004185 IsCPRC = true;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004186 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004187 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004188 }
4189
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004190 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004191 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4192 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4193 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004194 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4195 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4196 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4197 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4198 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004199 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004200 // Update Allocated GPRs
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004201 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004202 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004203 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004204 }
4205
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004206 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004207 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004208 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004209 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4210 // we can.
4211 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004212 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4213 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004214 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004215 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004216 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4217 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004218 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004219 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004220
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004221 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004222 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004223 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004224}
4225
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004226static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004227 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4228 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4229 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4230 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4231
4232 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4233
4234 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4235 if (Size > 32)
4236 return false;
4237
4238 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4239 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4240 return false;
4241
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004242 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4243 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4244 return false;
4245
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004246 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004247 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004248 return true;
4249
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004250 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4251 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4252 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004253
4254 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4255 // above, but they are not.
4256
4257 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4258 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4259 if (!RT) return false;
4260
4261 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4262 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4263 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4264 return false;
4265
4266 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4267 // like".
4268 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4269
4270 bool HadField = false;
4271 unsigned idx = 0;
4272 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4273 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004274 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004275
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004276 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4277 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4278 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4279 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4280 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4281 if (!RD->isUnion())
4282 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004283
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004284 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4285 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004286
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004287 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004288 }
4289
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004290 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4291 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4292 return false;
4293
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004294 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4295 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004296
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004297 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4298 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4299 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004300 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4301 if (HadField)
4302 return false;
4303
4304 HadField = true;
4305 }
4306 }
4307
4308 return true;
4309}
4310
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004311ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4312 bool isVariadic) const {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004313 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004314 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004315
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004316 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004317 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4318 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004319 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004320 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004321
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004322 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004323 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4324 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4325 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4326
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004327 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4328 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004329 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004330
4331 // Are we following APCS?
4332 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004333 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004334 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4335
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004336 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4337 //
4338 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4339 // correctly.
4340 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004341 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004342 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004343
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004344 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004345 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004346 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004347 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004348 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004349 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004350 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004351 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4352 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004353 }
4354
4355 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004356 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004357 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004358 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004359
4360 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4361
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004362 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004363 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4364
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004365 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004366 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004367 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004368 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) {
4369 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004370 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4371 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004372 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004373 }
4374
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004375 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4376 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004377 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004378 if (Size <= 32) {
4379 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4380 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004381 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004382 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004383 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4384 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004385 }
4386
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004387 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004388 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004389}
4390
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004391/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4392bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4393 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4394 // Check whether VT is legal.
4395 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4396 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4397 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4398 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4399 return true;
4400 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4401 return Size <= 32;
4402 }
4403 return false;
4404}
4405
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004406llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004407 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004408 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4409 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004410
4411 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004412 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004413 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004414
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004415 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4416 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4417 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4418 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4419 }
4420
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004421 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004422 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004423 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004424
4425 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4426 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004427 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4428 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4429 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4430 else
4431 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004432 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4433 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4434 IsIndirect = true;
4435 Size = 4;
4436 TyAlign = 4;
4437 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004438
4439 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004440 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4441 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4442 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4443 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4444 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4445 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004446 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004447 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004448
4449 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004450 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004451 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004452 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004453 "ap.next");
4454 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4455
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004456 if (IsIndirect)
4457 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004458 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004459 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4460 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4461 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4462 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4463 // than the ABI alignment.
4464 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4465 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4466 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4467 "var.align");
4468 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4469 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4470 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4471 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4472 TyAlign, false);
4473 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4474 }
4475 llvm::Type *PTy =
4476 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4477 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4478
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004479 return AddrTyped;
4480}
4481
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004482namespace {
4483
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004484class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4485 public:
4486 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4487 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004488 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4489 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4490 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004491 private:
4492 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4493 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4494};
4495
4496class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4497 public:
4498 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4499 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4500};
4501
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004502}
4503
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004504void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4505 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4506 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4507 else
4508 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4509}
4510
4511llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4512 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4513 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4514 // is unsupported.
4515 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4516}
4517
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004518//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004519// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004520//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4521
4522namespace {
4523
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004524class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004525public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004526 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004527
4528 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4529 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4530
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004531 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4532 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4533 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004534};
4535
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004536class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004537public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004538 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4539 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004540
4541 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4542 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004543private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004544 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4545 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4546 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004547};
4548
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004549ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004550 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4551 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004552
4553 // note: this is different from default ABI
4554 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4555 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4556
4557 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4558 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4559 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4560
4561 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4562 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004563}
4564
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004565ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004566 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4567 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4568 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004569
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004570 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4571 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004572}
4573
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004574void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004575 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4576 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004577 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4578 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004579
4580 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4581 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4582 return;
4583
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004584 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
4585}
4586
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004587llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4588 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
4589 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004590}
4591
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004592void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
4593SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4594 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004595 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4596 if (!FD) return;
4597
4598 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4599
4600 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004601 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004602 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004603 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004604 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004605 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004606 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4607 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004608 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004609 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004610 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004611 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004612
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004613 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004614 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004615 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004616 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
4617 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004618 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
4619 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4620 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
4621 }
4622 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
4623 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
4624 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
4625 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
4626 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
4627 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
4628 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
4629 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
4630 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
4631 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
4632 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
4633 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
4634 }
4635 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004636 }
4637}
4638
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004639void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
4640 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004641 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
4642 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
4643
4644 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
4645 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
4646
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00004647 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
4648 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
4649 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004650 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
4651 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
4652}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004653}
4654
4655//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004656// SystemZ ABI Implementation
4657//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4658
4659namespace {
4660
4661class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4662public:
4663 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4664
4665 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
4666 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
4667 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4668
4669 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4670 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
4671
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004672 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004673 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4674 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004675 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4676 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004677 }
4678
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004679 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4680 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004681};
4682
4683class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4684public:
4685 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4686 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
4687};
4688
4689}
4690
4691bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
4692 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4693 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4694 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4695
4696 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
4697 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
4698 return true;
4699
4700 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
4701 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
4702 switch (BT->getKind()) {
4703 case BuiltinType::Int:
4704 case BuiltinType::UInt:
4705 return true;
4706 default:
4707 return false;
4708 }
4709 return false;
4710}
4711
4712bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
4713 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
4714}
4715
4716bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4717 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
4718 switch (BT->getKind()) {
4719 case BuiltinType::Float:
4720 case BuiltinType::Double:
4721 return true;
4722 default:
4723 return false;
4724 }
4725
4726 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
4727 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4728 bool Found = false;
4729
4730 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
4731 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00004732 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
4733 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004734
4735 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
4736 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
4737 continue;
4738
4739 if (Found)
4740 return false;
4741 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
4742 if (!Found)
4743 return false;
4744 }
4745
4746 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004747 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004748 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
4749 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
4750 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
4751 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
4752 return true;
4753
4754 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
4755 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
4756 if (Found)
4757 return false;
4758 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
4759 if (!Found)
4760 return false;
4761 }
4762
4763 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
4764 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
4765 return Found;
4766 }
4767
4768 return false;
4769}
4770
4771llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4772 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4773 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
4774 // struct {
4775 // i64 __gpr;
4776 // i64 __fpr;
4777 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
4778 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
4779 // };
4780
4781 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
4782 // GPRs or FPRs.
4783 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
4784 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4785 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
4786
4787 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4788 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4789 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
4790 if (IsIndirect) {
4791 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
4792 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
4793 } else
4794 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4795 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
4796 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
4797
4798 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
4799 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
4800
4801 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
4802 if (InFPRs) {
4803 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
4804 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
4805 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
4806 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
4807 } else {
4808 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
4809 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
4810 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
4811 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
4812 }
4813
4814 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
4815 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
4816 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
4817 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
4818 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
4819 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004820 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004821
4822 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4823 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
4824 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4825 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
4826
4827 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
4828 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4829
4830 // Work out the address of an argument register.
4831 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
4832 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
4833 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
4834 llvm::Value *RegBase =
4835 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
4836 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
4837 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
4838 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
4839 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
4840 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
4841 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
4842 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
4843 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
4844 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
4845 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
4846
4847 // Update the register count
4848 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
4849 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
4850 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
4851 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
4852 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4853
4854 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
4855 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
4856
4857 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
4858 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
4859 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
4860 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
4861 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
4862 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
4863 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
4864 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
4865 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
4866 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
4867
4868 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
4869 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
4870 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
4871 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
4872 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4873
4874 // Return the appropriate result.
4875 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4876 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
4877 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4878 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
4879
4880 if (IsIndirect)
4881 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
4882
4883 return ResAddr;
4884}
4885
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004886bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
4887 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
4888 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
4889
4890 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
4891 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
4892 break;
4893 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
4894 return false;
4895 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
4896 return true;
4897 }
4898
4899 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
4900 return true;
4901
4902 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004903 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
4904 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
4905 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
4906 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
4907 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004908 return true;
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00004909 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
4910 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
4911 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
4912 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
4913 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
4914 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
4915 return true;
4916 default:
4917 return false;
4918 }
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00004919 default:
4920 return false;
4921 }
4922}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004923
4924ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4925 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4926 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4927 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
4928 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4929 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
4930 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4931}
4932
4933ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
4934 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00004935 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004936 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4937
4938 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
4939 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
4940 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
4941
4942 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
4943 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4944 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004945 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004946
4947 // Handle small structures.
4948 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4949 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
4950 // fail the size test above.
4951 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4952 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004953 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004954
4955 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
4956 llvm::Type *PassTy;
4957 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
4958 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
4959 if (Size == 32)
4960 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
4961 else
4962 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
4963 } else
4964 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4965 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
4966 }
4967
4968 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
4969 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00004970 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004971
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004972 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004973}
4974
4975//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004976// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004978
4979namespace {
4980
4981class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4982public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004983 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4984 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004985 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004986 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004987};
4988
4989}
4990
4991void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
4992 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4993 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
4994 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
4995 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
4996 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
4997 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4998
4999 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5000 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5001
5002 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005003 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005004
5005 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005006 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005007 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5008 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005009 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005010 }
5011}
5012
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005013//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005014// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5015// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005016//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5017
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005018namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005019class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005020 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005021 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5022 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005023 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005024 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005025 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005026 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005027public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005028 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005029 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005030 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005031
5032 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005033 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005034 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5035 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5036 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005037};
5038
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005039class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005040 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005041public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005042 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5043 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005044 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005045
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005046 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005047 return 29;
5048 }
5049
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005050 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005051 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005052 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5053 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005054 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005055 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5056 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5057 }
5058 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5059 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5060 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005061 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005062
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005063 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005064 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005065
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005066 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005067 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005068 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005069};
5070}
5071
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005072void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005073 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005074 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5075 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005076
5077 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5078 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5079 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5080
5081 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5082 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5083
5084 if (R)
5085 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005086}
5087
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005088// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5089// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005090llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005091 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5092
5093 if (IsO32) {
5094 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5095 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5096 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005097
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005098 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5099 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005100
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005101 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005102
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005103 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5104 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5105 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5106 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5107 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005108
5109 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5110 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005111 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005112
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005113 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5114 unsigned idx = 0;
5115 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5116
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005117 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5118 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005119 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5120 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005121 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005122 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5123
5124 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5125 continue;
5126
5127 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5128 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5129 continue;
5130
5131 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5132 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5133 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5134
5135 // Add double type.
5136 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5137 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5138 }
5139
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005140 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5141 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005142
5143 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5144}
5145
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005146llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5147 uint64_t Offset) const {
5148 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005149 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005150
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005151 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005152}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005153
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005154ABIArgInfo
5155MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005156 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005157 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005158 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005159
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005160 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5161 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005162 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5163 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005164
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005165 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005166 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005167 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005168 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5169
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005170 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005171 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005172 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005173 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005174
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005175 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5176 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5177 // aggregate is unaligned.
5178 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005179 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005180 }
5181
5182 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5183 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5184 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5185
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005186 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5187 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5188
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005189 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005190 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005191}
5192
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005193llvm::Type*
5194MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005195 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005196 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005197
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005198 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005199 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005200 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5201 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005202
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005203 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5204 // following conditions are met:
5205 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5206 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5207 // point types.
5208 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5209 //
5210 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5211 //
5212 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5213 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5214 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005215 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005216
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005217 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5218 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005219
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005220 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005221 }
5222
5223 if (b == e)
5224 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5225 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5226
5227 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005228 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005229 }
5230
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005231 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005232 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5233}
5234
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005235ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005236 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5237
5238 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005239 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5240
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005241 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005242 if (Size <= 128) {
5243 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5244 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5245
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005246 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers.
5247 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5248 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5249
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005250 if (!IsO32)
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005251 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5252 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005253
5254 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5255 }
5256
5257 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5258 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5259 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5260
5261 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5262 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5263}
5264
5265void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005266 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005267 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5268 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005269
5270 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005271 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005272
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005273 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5274 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005275}
5276
5277llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5278 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005279 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5280 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005281
5282 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5283 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5284 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005285 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005286 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5287 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00005288 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005289 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005290
5291 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005292 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5293 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5294 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5295 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005296 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5297 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5298 }
5299 else
5300 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5301
5302 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005303 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005304 uint64_t Offset =
5305 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5306 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005307 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005308 "ap.next");
5309 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5310
5311 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005312}
5313
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005314bool
5315MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5316 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5317 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5318 // as canonical as it gets.
5319
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005320 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5321 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005322 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005323
5324 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5325 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5326 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5327 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005328 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005329
5330 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5331 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5332
5333 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5334 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5335 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5336 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5337 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005338 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005339 return false;
5340}
5341
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005342//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5343// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5344// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5345// handling.
5346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5347
5348namespace {
5349
5350class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5351public:
5352 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5353 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5354
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005355 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5356 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005357};
5358
5359void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5360 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5361 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5362 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5363 if (!FD) return;
5364
5365 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5366
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005367 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005368 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5369 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005370 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005371 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5372 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005373 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5374 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5375 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5376 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5377
5378 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5379 Operands.push_back(F);
5380
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005381 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005382 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005383 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005384 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005385 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005386 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005387
5388 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5389 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5390 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005391 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005392 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5393 }
5394 }
5395 }
5396}
5397
5398}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005399
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005400//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5401// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5402//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5403
5404namespace {
5405
5406class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5407
5408
5409public:
5410 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5411
5412private:
5413
5414 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5415 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5416
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005417 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005419 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5420 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005421};
5422
5423class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5424public:
5425 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5426 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5427
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005428 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005429 return 29;
5430 }
5431};
5432
5433}
5434
5435void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005436 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5437 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005438 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5439 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005440}
5441
5442ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5443 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5444 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5445 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5446 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5447
5448 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5449 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5450 }
5451
5452 // Ignore empty records.
5453 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5454 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5455
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005456 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005457 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005458
5459 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5460 if (Size > 64)
5461 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5462 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5463 else if (Size > 32)
5464 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5465 else if (Size > 16)
5466 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5467 else if (Size > 8)
5468 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5469 else
5470 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5471}
5472
5473ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5474 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5475 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5476
5477 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5478 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5479 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5480
5481 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5482 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5483 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5484 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5485
5486 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5487 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5488 }
5489
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005490 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5491 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5492
5493 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5494 // are returned indirectly.
5495 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5496 if (Size <= 64) {
5497 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5498 if (Size <= 8)
5499 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5500 if (Size <= 16)
5501 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5502 if (Size <= 32)
5503 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5504 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5505 }
5506
5507 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5508}
5509
5510llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005511 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005512 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005513 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005514
5515 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5516 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5517 "ap");
5518 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5519 llvm::Type *PTy =
5520 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5521 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5522
5523 uint64_t Offset =
5524 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5525 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5526 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5527 "ap.next");
5528 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5529
5530 return AddrTyped;
5531}
5532
5533
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005534//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5535// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5536// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5537//
5538// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5539// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5540// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5541//
5542// One case requires special care:
5543//
5544// struct mixed {
5545// int i;
5546// float f;
5547// };
5548//
5549// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5550// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5551// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5552// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5553//
5554// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5555//
5556// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5557// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5558// bytes.
5559//
5560namespace {
5561class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5562public:
5563 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5564
5565private:
5566 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005567 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5568 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5569 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005570
5571 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5572 // serves two purposes:
5573 //
5574 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5575 // in registers.
5576 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5577 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5578 //
5579 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5580 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5581 //
5582 struct CoerceBuilder {
5583 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
5584 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
5585 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
5586 uint64_t Size;
5587 bool InReg;
5588
5589 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
5590 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
5591
5592 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
5593 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
5594 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
5595 if (ToSize == Size)
5596 return;
5597
5598 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
5599 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
5600 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
5601 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
5602 Size = Aligned;
5603 }
5604
5605 // Add whole 64-bit words.
5606 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
5607 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
5608 Size += 64;
5609 }
5610
5611 // Final in-word padding.
5612 if (Size < ToSize) {
5613 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
5614 Size = ToSize;
5615 }
5616 }
5617
5618 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
5619 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
5620 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
5621 if (Offset % Bits)
5622 return;
5623 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
5624 if (Bits < 64)
5625 InReg = true;
5626 pad(Offset);
5627 Elems.push_back(Ty);
5628 Size = Offset + Bits;
5629 }
5630
5631 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
5632 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
5633 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
5634 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
5635 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
5636 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
5637 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
5638 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
5639 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
5640 break;
5641 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
5642 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
5643 break;
5644 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
5645 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
5646 break;
5647 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
5648 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
5649 break;
5650 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
5651 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
5652 pad(ElemOffset);
5653 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
5654 Size += 64;
5655 }
5656 break;
5657 default:
5658 break;
5659 }
5660 }
5661 }
5662
5663 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
5664 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
5665 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
5666 return false;
5667 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
5668 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
5669 return false;
5670 return true;
5671 }
5672
5673 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
5674 llvm::Type *getType() const {
5675 if (Elems.size() == 1)
5676 return Elems.front();
5677 else
5678 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
5679 }
5680 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005681};
5682} // end anonymous namespace
5683
5684ABIArgInfo
5685SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
5686 if (Ty->isVoidType())
5687 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5688
5689 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5690
5691 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
5692 // pointer / sret pointer.
5693 if (Size > SizeLimit)
5694 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5695
5696 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5697 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5698 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5699
5700 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
5701 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
5702 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5703
5704 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
5705 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5706 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5707
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00005708 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
5709 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
5710 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5711 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5712
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005713 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005714 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
5715 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
5716 if (!StrTy)
5717 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5718
5719 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
5720 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
5721 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
5722
5723 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
5724 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
5725
5726 if (CB.InReg)
5727 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
5728 else
5729 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005730}
5731
5732llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5733 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00005734 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
5735 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5736 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
5737 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
5738
5739 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5740 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5741 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5742 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5743 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
5744 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
5745 unsigned Stride;
5746
5747 switch (AI.getKind()) {
5748 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00005749 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00005750 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
5751
5752 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
5753 Stride = 8;
5754 ArgAddr = Builder
5755 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
5756 "extend");
5757 break;
5758
5759 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
5760 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
5761 ArgAddr = Addr;
5762 break;
5763
5764 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
5765 Stride = 8;
5766 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
5767 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
5768 "indirect");
5769 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
5770 break;
5771
5772 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
5773 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
5774 }
5775
5776 // Update VAList.
5777 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
5778 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5779
5780 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005781}
5782
5783void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5784 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005785 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5786 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005787}
5788
5789namespace {
5790class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5791public:
5792 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5793 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005794
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005795 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005796 return 14;
5797 }
5798
5799 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005800 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005801};
5802} // end anonymous namespace
5803
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00005804bool
5805SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5806 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5807 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
5808 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
5809
5810 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5811
5812 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
5813 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
5814 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
5815
5816 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
5817 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
5818
5819 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
5820 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
5821
5822 // Y = 64
5823 // PSR = 65
5824 // WIM = 66
5825 // TBR = 67
5826 // PC = 68
5827 // NPC = 69
5828 // FSR = 70
5829 // CSR = 71
5830 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
5831
5832 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
5833 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
5834
5835 return false;
5836}
5837
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005838
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005839//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005840// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005841//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005842
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005843namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005844
5845/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
5846/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
5847typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
5848
5849/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
5850///
5851/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
5852/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
5853/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
5854///
5855/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
5856/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
5857/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
5858/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
5859/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
5860/// Recursive type encoding.
5861///
5862/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
5863/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
5864/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
5865/// the type is encountered.
5866///
5867/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
5868/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
5869/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
5870/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
5871/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
5872///
5873/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
5874/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
5875/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
5876/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
5877/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
5878///
5879/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
5880///
5881/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
5882/// cached encoding is used;
5883///
5884/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
5885/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
5886///
5887/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
5888/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
5889///
5890/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
5891/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
5892/// it is swapped back in;
5893///
5894/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
5895/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
5896/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
5897///
5898/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
5899/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
5900/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
5901/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
5902///
5903class TypeStringCache {
5904 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
5905 struct Entry {
5906 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
5907 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
5908 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
5909 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
5910 };
5911 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
5912 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
5913 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
5914public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00005915 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005916 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
5917 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
5918 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
5919 bool IsRecursive);
5920 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
5921};
5922
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00005923/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005924/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
5925class FieldEncoding {
5926 bool HasName;
5927 std::string Enc;
5928public:
5929 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
5930 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
5931 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
5932 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
5933 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
5934 }
5935};
5936
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005937class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
5938public:
5939 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005940 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5941 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005942};
5943
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005944class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005945 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005946public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00005947 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005948 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00005949 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5950 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005951};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00005952
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005953} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00005954
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005955llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5956 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005957 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005958
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005959 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005960 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
5961 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
5962 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005963
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005964 // Handle the argument.
5965 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5966 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5967 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
5968 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005969 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005970 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00005971 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005972 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005973 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00005974 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005975 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
5976 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005977 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
5978 ArgSize = 0;
5979 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005980 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
5981 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005982 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
5983 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
5984 if (ArgSize < 4)
5985 ArgSize = 4;
5986 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005987 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
5988 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
5989 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
5990 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005991 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
5992 ArgSize = 4;
5993 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00005994 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00005995
5996 // Increment the VAList.
5997 if (ArgSize) {
5998 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
5999 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6000 }
6001 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006002}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006003
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006004/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6005/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6006/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6007/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6008/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6009void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6010 std::string StubEnc) {
6011 if (!ID)
6012 return;
6013 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6014 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6015 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6016 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6017 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6018 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6019 E.State = Incomplete;
6020 ++IncompleteCount;
6021}
6022
6023/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6024/// must be removed from the cache.
6025/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6026/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6027bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6028 if (!ID)
6029 return false;
6030 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6031 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6032 Entry &E = I->second;
6033 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6034 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6035 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6036 bool IsRecursive = false;
6037 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6038 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6039 IsRecursive = true;
6040 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6041 }
6042 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6043 Map.erase(I);
6044 else {
6045 // Swap the Recursive back.
6046 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6047 E.Swapped.clear();
6048 E.State = Recursive;
6049 }
6050 --IncompleteCount;
6051 return IsRecursive;
6052}
6053
6054/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6055/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6056void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6057 bool IsRecursive) {
6058 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6059 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6060 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6061 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6062 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6063 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6064 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6065 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6066 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6067 return;
6068 }
6069 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6070 E.Str = Str.str();
6071 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6072}
6073
6074/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6075/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6076/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6077StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6078 if (!ID)
6079 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6080 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6081 if (I == Map.end())
6082 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6083 Entry &E = I->second;
6084 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6085 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6086
6087 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6088 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6089 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6090 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6091 }
6092 return E.Str.c_str();
6093}
6094
6095/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6096/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6097/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6098/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6099/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6100/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6101///
6102/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6103/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6104/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6105/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6106///
6107static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6108 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6109
6110/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6111void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6112 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6113 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6114 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6115 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6116 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6117 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6118 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6119 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6120 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6121 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6122 }
6123}
6124
6125static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6126 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6127 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6128
6129/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6130/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6131static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6132 const RecordDecl *RD,
6133 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6134 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6135 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end();
6136 I != E; ++I) {
6137 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6138 Enc += "m(";
6139 Enc += I->getName();
6140 Enc += "){";
6141 if (I->isBitField()) {
6142 Enc += "b(";
6143 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6144 OS.resync();
6145 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6146 OS.flush();
6147 Enc += ':';
6148 }
6149 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6150 return false;
6151 if (I->isBitField())
6152 Enc += ')';
6153 Enc += '}';
6154 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc));
6155 }
6156 return true;
6157}
6158
6159/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6160/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6161/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6162static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6163 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6164 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6165 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6166 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6167 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6168 Enc += TypeString;
6169 return true;
6170 }
6171
6172 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6173 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6174 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6175 Enc += '(';
6176 if (ID)
6177 Enc += ID->getName();
6178 Enc += "){";
6179
6180 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6181 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006182 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6183 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6184 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6185 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6186 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006187 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006188 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6189 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6190 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6191 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6192 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6193 return false;
6194 }
6195 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6196 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6197 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6198 if (RT->isUnionType())
6199 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006200 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6201 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006202 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6203 if (I)
6204 Enc += ',';
6205 Enc += FE[I].str();
6206 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006207 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006208 Enc += '}';
6209 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6210 return true;
6211}
6212
6213/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6214static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6215 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6216 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6217 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6218 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6219 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6220 Enc += TypeString;
6221 return true;
6222 }
6223
6224 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6225 Enc += "e(";
6226 if (ID)
6227 Enc += ID->getName();
6228 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006229
6230 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006231 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006232 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6233 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6234 ++I) {
6235 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6236 EnumEnc += "m(";
6237 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6238 EnumEnc += "){";
6239 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6240 EnumEnc += '}';
6241 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6242 }
6243 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6244 unsigned E = FE.size();
6245 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6246 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006247 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006248 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006249 }
6250 }
6251 Enc += '}';
6252 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6253 return true;
6254}
6255
6256/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6257/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6258static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6259 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6260 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6261 int Lookup = 0;
6262 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6263 Lookup += 1<<0;
6264 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6265 Lookup += 1<<1;
6266 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6267 Lookup += 1<<2;
6268 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6269}
6270
6271/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6272static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6273 const char *EncType;
6274 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6275 case BuiltinType::Void:
6276 EncType = "0";
6277 break;
6278 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6279 EncType = "b";
6280 break;
6281 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6282 EncType = "uc";
6283 break;
6284 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6285 EncType = "uc";
6286 break;
6287 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6288 EncType = "sc";
6289 break;
6290 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6291 EncType = "us";
6292 break;
6293 case BuiltinType::Short:
6294 EncType = "ss";
6295 break;
6296 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6297 EncType = "ui";
6298 break;
6299 case BuiltinType::Int:
6300 EncType = "si";
6301 break;
6302 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6303 EncType = "ul";
6304 break;
6305 case BuiltinType::Long:
6306 EncType = "sl";
6307 break;
6308 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6309 EncType = "ull";
6310 break;
6311 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6312 EncType = "sll";
6313 break;
6314 case BuiltinType::Float:
6315 EncType = "ft";
6316 break;
6317 case BuiltinType::Double:
6318 EncType = "d";
6319 break;
6320 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6321 EncType = "ld";
6322 break;
6323 default:
6324 return false;
6325 }
6326 Enc += EncType;
6327 return true;
6328}
6329
6330/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6331static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6332 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6333 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6334 Enc += "p(";
6335 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6336 return false;
6337 Enc += ')';
6338 return true;
6339}
6340
6341/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006342static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6343 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006344 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6345 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6346 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6347 return false;
6348 Enc += "a(";
6349 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6350 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6351 else
6352 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6353 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006354 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6355 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006356 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6357 return false;
6358 Enc += ')';
6359 return true;
6360}
6361
6362/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6363/// and the arguments.
6364static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6365 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6366 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6367 Enc += "f{";
6368 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6369 return false;
6370 Enc += "}(";
6371 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6372 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6373 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6374 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6375 if (I != E) {
6376 do {
6377 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6378 return false;
6379 ++I;
6380 if (I != E)
6381 Enc += ',';
6382 } while (I != E);
6383 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6384 Enc += ",va";
6385 } else {
6386 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6387 Enc += "va";
6388 else
6389 Enc += '0';
6390 }
6391 }
6392 Enc += ')';
6393 return true;
6394}
6395
6396/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6397/// type encodings.
6398static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6399 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6400 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6401
6402 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6403
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006404 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6405 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6406 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6407 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6408
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006409 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6410
6411 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6412 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6413
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006414 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6415 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6416
6417 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6418 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6419
6420 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6421 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6422
6423 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6424 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6425
6426 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6427 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6428
6429 return false;
6430}
6431
6432static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6433 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6434 if (!D)
6435 return false;
6436
6437 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6438 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6439 return false;
6440 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6441 }
6442
6443 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6444 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6445 return false;
6446 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6447 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6448 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006449 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6450 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6451 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006452 }
6453 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6454 }
6455 return false;
6456}
6457
6458
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006459//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6460// Driver code
6461//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6462
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006463const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006464 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6465 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006466
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006467 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006468 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006469 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006470 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006471
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006472 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6473 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006474 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6475 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006476 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6477
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006478 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6479 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006480 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6481
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006482 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
6483 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
James Molloy7f4ba532014-04-23 10:26:08 +00006484 case llvm::Triple::arm64:
6485 case llvm::Triple::arm64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006486 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006487 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006488 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006489
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006490 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006491 }
6492
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006493 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006494 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006495 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006496 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006497 {
6498 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006499 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006500 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006501 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006502 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6503 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006504 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6505
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006506 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006507 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006508 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6509 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6510 default:
6511 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6512 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6513 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006514 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006515
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006516 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006517 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006518 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006519 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF())
6520 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6521 else
6522 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006523 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
6524 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
6525 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006526
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006527 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6528 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006529 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006530
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006531 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006532 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006533
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006534 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6535 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6536
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006537 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6538 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6539
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006540 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006541 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6542 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6543 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006544 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006545
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006546 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006547 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006548 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006549 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6550 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006551 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006552 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006553 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006554 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6555 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6556 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006557 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006558 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006559 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006560
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006561 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006562 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006563
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006564 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6565 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006566 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006567 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006568 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6569 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006570 default:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006571 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6572 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006573 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006574 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006575 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
6576 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006577 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
6578 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006579 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006580 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006581 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006582}